jtag: add '-ignore-version' option
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
156
157 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
158
159
160 @node Developers
161 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
162 @cindex developers
163
164 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
165 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
166 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
167 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
168
169 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
170 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
171
172 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
173
174 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
175 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
176
177 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
178
179 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
180
181 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
182
183 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
184 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
185 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
186 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
187 needing a GIT client:
188
189 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
190
191 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
192
193 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
194 from the repository or a snapshot.
195
196 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
197 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
198 Patches created against older versions may require additional
199 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
200
201 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
202
203 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
204 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
205 technical information about the software internals, development
206 processes, and similar documentation:
207
208 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
209
210 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
211 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
212 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
213
214 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
215
216 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
217 communication between developers:
218
219 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
220
221 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
222 The @file{PATCHES} file contains basic information about how
223 to prepare patches.
224
225
226 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
227 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
228 @cindex dongles
229 @cindex FTDI
230 @cindex wiggler
231 @cindex zy1000
232 @cindex printer port
233 @cindex USB Adapter
234 @cindex RTCK
235
236 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
237 an adapter .... [snip]
238
239 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
240 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
241 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
242 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
243 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
244 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
245 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
246
247
248 @section Choosing a Dongle
249
250 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
251
252 @enumerate
253 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
254 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
255 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
256 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
257 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
258 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
259 Ethernet port needed?
260 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
261 @end enumerate
262
263 @section Stand alone Systems
264
265 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
266 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
267 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
268 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
269 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
270
271 @section USB FT2232 Based
272
273 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
274 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
275 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
276 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
277 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
278 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
279
280 @itemize @bullet
281 @item @b{usbjtag}
282 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
283 @item @b{jtagkey}
284 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
285 @item @b{jtagkey2}
286 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
287 @item @b{oocdlink}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
289 @item @b{signalyzer}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
291 @item @b{evb_lm3s811}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
293 @item @b{luminary_icdi}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board, included in the Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92 Evaluation Kits.
295 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
297 @item @b{flyswatter}
298 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
299 @item @b{turtelizer2}
300 @* See:
301 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
302 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
303 @item @b{comstick}
304 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
305 @item @b{stm32stick}
306 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
307 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
308 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
309 @item @b{cortino}
310 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
311 @end itemize
312
313 @section USB JLINK based
314 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
315 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
316 AT91SAM764 internally.
317
318 @itemize @bullet
319 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
320 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
321 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
323 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
324 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
325 @end itemize
326
327 @section USB RLINK based
328 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
329
330 @itemize @bullet
331 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
332 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
333 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
334 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
335 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
336 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
337 @end itemize
338
339 @section USB Other
340 @itemize @bullet
341 @item @b{USBprog}
342 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
343
344 @item @b{USB - Presto}
345 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
346
347 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
348 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
349
350 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
351 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
352 @end itemize
353
354 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
355
356 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
357 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
358 these on the market.
359
360 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
361 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
362 of USB-based ones.
363
364 @itemize @bullet
365
366 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
367 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
368
369 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
370 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
371 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
372
373 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
374 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
375
376 @item @b{GW16402}
377 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
378
379 @item @b{Wiggler2}
380 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
381 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
382
383 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
384 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
385
386 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
387 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
388
389 @item @b{arm-jtag}
390 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
391
392 @item @b{chameleon}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
394
395 @item @b{Triton}
396 @* Unknown.
397
398 @item @b{Lattice}
399 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
400 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
401
402 @item @b{flashlink}
403 @* From ST Microsystems;
404 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
405 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
406
407 @end itemize
408
409 @section Other...
410 @itemize @bullet
411
412 @item @b{ep93xx}
413 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
414
415 @item @b{at91rm9200}
416 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
417
418 @end itemize
419
420 @node About JIM-Tcl
421 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
422 @cindex JIM Tcl
423 @cindex tcl
424
425 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
426 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
427 command interpreter.
428
429 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
430 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
431 much of anything about Tcl.
432 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
433
434 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
435
436 @itemize @bullet
437 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
438 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
439 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
440 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
441 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
442 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
443
444 @item @b{Missing Features}
445 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
446 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
447
448 @item @b{Scripts}
449 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
450 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
451 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
452
453 @item @b{Commands}
454 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
455 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
456 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
457 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
458
459 @item @b{Historical Note}
460 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
461
462 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
463 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
464 @end itemize
465
466 @node Running
467 @chapter Running
468 @cindex command line options
469 @cindex logfile
470 @cindex directory search
471
472 The @option{--help} option shows:
473 @verbatim
474 bash$ openocd --help
475
476 --help | -h display this help
477 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
478 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
479 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
480 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
481 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
482 --command | -c run <command>
483 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
484 @end verbatim
485
486 By default OpenOCD reads the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
487 To specify a different (or multiple)
488 configuration file, you can use the @option{-f} option. For example:
489
490 @example
491 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
492 @end example
493
494 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
495 @enumerate
496 @item the current directory,
497 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
498 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
499 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
500 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
501 @end enumerate
502 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
503
504 @section Simple setup, no customization
505
506 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
507 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
508 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
509 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
510 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
511
512 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
513 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
514 the server like:
515
516 @example
517 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
518 @end example
519
520 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
521 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
522 If all goes well you'll see output something like
523
524 @example
525 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
526 For bug reports, read
527 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
528 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
529 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
530 @end example
531
532 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
533 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
534 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
535
536 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
537
538 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
539 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
540 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
541 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
542 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
543 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
544 ensure that this always succeeds.
545 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
546 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
547 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
548 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
549
550 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
551 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
552 those channels.
553
554 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
555 the @option{-d} option.
556
557 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
558 @option{-c} command line switch.
559
560 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
561 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
562 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
563 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
564 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
565 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
566 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
567
568 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
569 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
570
571 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
572
573 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
574 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
575 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
576 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
577
578 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
579 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
580
581 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
582 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
583 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
584 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
585 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
586 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
587 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
588
589 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
590
591 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
592 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
593 and a USB cable on the other.
594 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
595 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
596
597 @enumerate
598 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
599 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
600 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
601 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
602 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
603 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
604 debugging host.
605
606 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
607 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
608 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
609 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
610 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
611
612 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
613 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
614 with 1.2 Volt boards.
615
616 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
617 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
618 ways to connect the cable.
619 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
620 Be sure it's firmly connected.
621
622 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
623 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
624 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
625 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
626 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
627 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
628 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
629 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
630
631 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
632 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
633 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
634 but are tedious to set up.
635 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
636 adapter signals to the right board pins.
637
638 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
639 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
640 you are using to run OpenOCD.
641 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
642
643 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
644 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
645 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
646
647 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
648 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
649 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
650
651 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
652 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
653 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
654 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
655
656 @end enumerate
657
658 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
659 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
660 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
661
662 @section Project Directory
663
664 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
665
666 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
667 single directory for your work with a given board.
668 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
669 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
670 files accessed through semihosting,
671 and for code you upload to the target board.
672 It is also the natural place to write files,
673 such as log files and data you download from the board.
674
675 @section Configuration Basics
676
677 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
678 a variety of ways you can mix them.
679 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
680
681 @itemize
682 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
683 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
684 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
685 @end itemize
686
687 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
688 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
689 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
690
691 @example
692 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
693
694 # GDB can also flash my flash!
695 gdb_memory_map enable
696 gdb_flash_program enable
697
698 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
699 @end example
700
701 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
702
703 @example
704 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
705 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
706 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
707 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
708 @end example
709
710 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
711 each supporting a different development task.
712 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
713 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
714
715 @quotation Important
716 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
717 problems with how it treats variables.
718 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
719 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
720 that can be tested in a later script.
721 @end quotation
722
723 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
724 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
725 to simplify your work.
726
727 @section User Config Files
728 @cindex config file, user
729 @cindex user config file
730 @cindex config file, overview
731
732 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
733 in one place.
734 One of the following will match your situation best:
735
736 @itemize
737 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
738 provided by someone else.
739 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
740 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
741 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
742 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
743 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
744 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
745
746 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
747 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
748
749 @enumerate
750 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
751 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
752 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
753 @end enumerate
754
755 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
756 The first is an interface config file.
757 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
758 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
759 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
760 meet your deadline:
761
762 @example
763 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
764 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
765 @end example
766
767 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
768 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
769 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
770 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
771
772 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
773 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
774 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
775 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
776 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
777 @xref{Autoprobing}.
778
779 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
780 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
781 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
782 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
783
784 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
785 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
786 giving access to your particular flash chips.
787 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
788 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
789
790 @quotation Note
791 When you write new configuration files, please submit
792 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
793 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
794 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
795 will help support users of any board using that chip.
796 @end quotation
797
798 @item
799 You may may need to write some C code.
800 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
801 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
802 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
803 a new chip architecture.
804 @end itemize
805
806 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
807 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
808 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
809
810 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
811 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
812 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
813 @itemize
814
815 @item
816 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
817 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
818 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
819 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
820
821 @item
822 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
823 @cindex vector_catch
824 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
825 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
826 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
827 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
828 along with messaging and tracing setup.
829 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
830
831 @item
832 You might need to override some defaults.
833 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
834 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
835
836 @item
837 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
838 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
839 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
840 @end itemize
841
842 @section Project-Specific Utilities
843
844 A few project-specific utility
845 routines may well speed up your work.
846 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
847
848 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
849 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
850 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
851 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
852 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
853 may help:
854
855 @example
856 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
857 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
858 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
859 # Leave the CPU halted.
860 reset init
861
862 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
863 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
864
865 # Start running.
866 resume 0x20000000
867 @}
868 @end example
869
870 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
871 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
872 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
873 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
874 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
875
876 @example
877 proc newboot @{ @} @{
878 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
879 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
880 # "reset halt" would be slower.
881 reset init
882
883 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
884 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
885 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
886 flash protect 0 0 1 off
887 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
888 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
889 flash protect 0 0 1 on
890
891 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
892 reset run
893 @}
894 @end example
895
896 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
897 from NAND.
898 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
899 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
900 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
901
902 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
903 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
904
905 @section Target Software Changes
906
907 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
908 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
909 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
910 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
911 handling issues like:
912
913 @itemize @bullet
914
915 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
916 @cindex ARM semihosting
917 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
918 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
919 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
920 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
921 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
922 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
923 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
924 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
925 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
926 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
927 NAND or SPI flash.
928
929 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
930 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
931 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
932 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
933 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
934
935 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
936 or otherwise prevent using that state,
937 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
938 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
939 work for an idle processor otherwise.
940
941 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
942 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
943 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
944 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
945 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
946
947 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
948 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
949 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
950 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
951 early code execution can be debugged
952 or firmware can be replaced.
953
954 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
955 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
956 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
957 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
958 operations like writing to memory.)
959
960 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
961 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
962 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
963 various kinds of message.
964 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
965
966 @end itemize
967
968 @node Config File Guidelines
969 @chapter Config File Guidelines
970
971 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
972 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
973 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
974 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
975
976 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
977 with files including the ones listed here.
978 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
979 @itemize @bullet
980 @item @file{interface} ...
981 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
982 @example
983 $ ls interface
984 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
985 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
986 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
987 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
988 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
989 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
990 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
991 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
992 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
993 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
994 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
995 $
996 @end example
997 @item @file{board} ...
998 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
999 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1000 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1001 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1002 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1003 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1004 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1005 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1006 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1007 a CPU and an FPGA.
1008 @example
1009 $ ls board
1010 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1011 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1012 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1013 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1014 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1015 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1016 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1017 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1018 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1019 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1020 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1021 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1022 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1023 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1024 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1025 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1026 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1027 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1028 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1029 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1030 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1031 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1032 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1033 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1034 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1035 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1036 $
1037 @end example
1038 @item @file{target} ...
1039 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1040 on a chip
1041 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1042 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1043 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1044 the target config file defines all of them.
1045 @example
1046 $ ls target
1047 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1048 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1049 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1050 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1051 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1052 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1053 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1054 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1055 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1056 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1057 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1058 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1059 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1060 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1061 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1062 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1063 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1064 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1065 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1066 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1067 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1068 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1069 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1070 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1071 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1072 $
1073 @end example
1074 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1075 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1076 @end itemize
1077
1078 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1079 file may override features in any of the above files by
1080 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1081 commands specific to their situation.
1082
1083 @section Interface Config Files
1084
1085 The user config file
1086 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1087
1088 @example
1089 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1090 @end example
1091
1092 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1093 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1094 sole developer who created it.
1095
1096 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1097 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1098 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1099 and need to provide a driver for it.
1100
1101 @section Board Config Files
1102 @cindex config file, board
1103 @cindex board config file
1104
1105 The user config file
1106 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1107
1108 @example
1109 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1110 @end example
1111
1112 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1113 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1114 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1115
1116 @enumerate
1117 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1118 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1119 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1120 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1121 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1122 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1123 @end enumerate
1124
1125 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1126 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1127 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1128 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1129
1130 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1131 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1132 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1133 configuration works.
1134
1135 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1136
1137 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1138 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1139 convention on how to use certain variables.
1140
1141 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1142 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1143 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1144 used at will within a target configuration file.
1145
1146 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1147 for a board with three chips:
1148
1149 @example
1150 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1151 set CHIPNAME network
1152 set ENDIAN big
1153 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1154 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1155 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1156 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1157
1158 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1159 set CHIPNAME video
1160 set ENDIAN little
1161 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1162 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1163 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1164 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1165
1166 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1167 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1168 unset ENDIAN
1169 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1170 @end example
1171
1172 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1173 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1174 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1175 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1176 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1177 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1178 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1179 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1180
1181 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1182 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1183 naming collisions.
1184
1185 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1186 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1187 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1188 up other clocks and peripherals.
1189
1190 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1191 @cindex variable names
1192
1193 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1194 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1195 one such chip (as shown above).
1196 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1197 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1198 to promote consistency and
1199 so that board files can override target defaults.
1200
1201 Inputs to target config files include:
1202
1203 @itemize @bullet
1204 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1205 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1206 tap identifier dotted names.
1207 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1208 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1209 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1210 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1211 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1212 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1213 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1214 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1215 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1216 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1217 @end itemize
1218
1219 Outputs from target config files include:
1220
1221 @itemize @bullet
1222 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1223 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1224 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1225 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1226 specific to that board and that target.
1227 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1228 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1229 @end itemize
1230
1231 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1232 @cindex event, reset-init
1233 @cindex reset-init handler
1234
1235 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1236 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1237 fully set up yet.
1238 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1239 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1240 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1241 handler is one of the most important.
1242
1243 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1244 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1245 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1246 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1247 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1248
1249 @quotation Note
1250 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1251 are included here.
1252 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1253 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1254 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1255 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1256 @end quotation
1257
1258 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1259 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1260 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1261 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1262 those as parameters.
1263 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1264 and disabling the watchdog.
1265 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1266 the next developer doing such work.
1267 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1268
1269 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1270 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1271 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1272 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1273
1274 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1275
1276 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1277 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1278 a low JTAG clock rate.
1279 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1280 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1281 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1282 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1283 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1284 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1285 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1286
1287 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1288 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1289 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1290 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1291 which might be less than that.
1292
1293 @quotation Warning
1294 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1295 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1296 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1297 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1298 @end quotation
1299
1300 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1301 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1302 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1303 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1304 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1305
1306 @section Target Config Files
1307 @cindex config file, target
1308 @cindex target config file
1309
1310 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1311 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1312 more target config files like this:
1313
1314 @example
1315 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1316 @end example
1317
1318 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1319 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1320 In summary the target files should contain
1321
1322 @enumerate
1323 @item Set defaults
1324 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1325 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1326 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1327 @item On-Chip flash
1328 @end enumerate
1329
1330 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1331 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1332 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1333
1334 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1335 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1336 can talk to the chip.
1337 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1338 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1339 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1340 and other processing engines.
1341
1342 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1343
1344 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1345 letting board config files express environment-specific
1346 differences in how things should be set up.
1347
1348 @example
1349 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1350 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1351 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1352 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1353 @} else @{
1354 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1355 @}
1356
1357 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1358 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1359 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1360 @} else @{
1361 set _ENDIAN little
1362 @}
1363
1364 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1365 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1366 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1367 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1368 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1369 @} else @{
1370 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1371 @}
1372 @end example
1373 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1374
1375 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1376 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1377 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1378
1379 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1380 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1381 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1382
1383 @example
1384 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1385 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1386 @end example
1387
1388 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1389 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1390 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1391 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1392 for taps.
1393
1394 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1395 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1396 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1397 looks (in part) like this:
1398
1399 @example
1400 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1401 @end example
1402
1403 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1404 to source such a config file twice, with different
1405 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1406 it adds a different TAP each time.
1407
1408 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1409 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1410 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1411 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1412
1413 @example
1414 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1415 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1416 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1417 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1418 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1419 @end example
1420
1421 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1422 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1423
1424 @itemize
1425 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1426 plus a JRC to enable them
1427 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1428 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1429 is not currently used)
1430 @end itemize
1431
1432 @subsection Add CPU targets
1433
1434 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1435 GDB and other commands can use it.
1436 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1437 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1438 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1439 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1440
1441 @example
1442 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1443 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1444 @end example
1445
1446 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1447 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1448 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1449 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1450 a work area if you can.
1451 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1452
1453 @example
1454 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1455 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1456 @end example
1457
1458 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1459
1460 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1461 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1462 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1463
1464 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1465 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1466 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1467 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1468 both signals.
1469
1470 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1471 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1472 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1473 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1474 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1475 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1476 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1477 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1478 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1479 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1480 not available.)
1481
1482 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1483 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1484 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1485 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1486 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1487 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1488 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1489 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1490
1491 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1492 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1493 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1494 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1495 slower clock than they will use later.
1496 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1497 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1498 than they will use later.
1499 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1500
1501 @quotation Important
1502 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1503 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1504 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1505 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1506 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1507 @end quotation
1508
1509 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1510
1511 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1512 special high speed download features - enable it.
1513
1514 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1515
1516 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1517 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1518 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1519 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1520 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1521 If you are using an external trace port,
1522 configure it in your board config file.
1523 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1524 configure it in your target config file.
1525
1526 @example
1527 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1528 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1529 @end example
1530
1531 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1532
1533 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1534
1535 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1536 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1537 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1538 the TARGET (chip) file.
1539
1540 Examples:
1541 @itemize @bullet
1542 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1543 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1544 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1545 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1546 @end itemize
1547
1548 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1549 @section Translating Configuration Files
1550 @cindex translation
1551 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1552 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1553 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1554 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1555 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1556 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1557
1558 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1559 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1560 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1561 convert other scripts later on.
1562
1563 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1564 replace job:
1565
1566 @example
1567 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1568 #
1569 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1570 #
1571 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1572 #
1573 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1574
1575 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1576 global TARGETNAME
1577
1578 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1579
1580 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1581 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1582 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1583 @}
1584 @end example
1585
1586
1587
1588 @node Daemon Configuration
1589 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1590 @cindex initialization
1591 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1592 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1593 supported.
1594
1595 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1596 @section Configuration Stage
1597 @cindex configuration stage
1598 @cindex config command
1599
1600 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1601 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1602 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1603 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1604 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1605 which may be issued interactively.
1606
1607 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1608 flash banks,
1609 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1610 and other basic setup.
1611 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1612 may access or activate TAPs.
1613 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1614 longer be issued.
1615
1616 @section Entering the Run Stage
1617
1618 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1619 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1620 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1621 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1622 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1623 You should see no errors at this point.
1624 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1625 commands you used to configure the server.
1626 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1627 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1628 on the scan chain.
1629
1630 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1631 become available.
1632 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1633 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1634 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1635 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1636 entry to the run stage.
1637
1638 @deffn {Config Command} init
1639 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1640 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1641 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1642 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1643 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1644 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1645
1646 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1647 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1648 configuration files and/or command line options.
1649
1650 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1651 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1652 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1653 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1654 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1655 @end deffn
1656
1657 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1658 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1659 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1660
1661 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1662 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1663 scan chain.
1664 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1665 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1666
1667 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1668 they return.
1669 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1670 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1671 @end deffn
1672
1673 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1674 @section TCP/IP Ports
1675 @cindex TCP port
1676 @cindex server
1677 @cindex port
1678 @cindex security
1679 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1680 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1681 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1682
1683 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1684 access using one or more of these ports.
1685 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1686 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1687 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1688
1689 @deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
1690 @cindex GDB server
1691 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1692 The GDB port for the
1693 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1694 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1695 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1696 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1697 @end deffn
1698
1699 @deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
1700 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1701 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1702 output from the Tcl engine.
1703 Intended as a machine interface.
1704 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1705 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1706 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1707 @end deffn
1708
1709 @deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
1710 Specify or query the
1711 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1712 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1713 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1714 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1715 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1716 @end deffn
1717
1718 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1719 @section GDB Configuration
1720 @cindex GDB
1721 @cindex GDB configuration
1722 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1723 The ones listed here are static and global.
1724 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1725 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1726
1727 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1728 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1729 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1730 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1731 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1732 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1733 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1734 @end deffn
1735
1736 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1737 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1738 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1739 vFlash packet is received.
1740 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1741 @end deffn
1742
1743 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1744 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1745 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1746 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1747 for flash programming to work.
1748 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1749 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1750 @end deffn
1751
1752 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1753 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1754 by GDB memory read packets.
1755 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1756 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1757 @end deffn
1758
1759 @anchor{Event Polling}
1760 @section Event Polling
1761
1762 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1763 where significant events can happen at any time.
1764 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1765 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1766 or to GDB.
1767
1768 Examples of such events include:
1769
1770 @itemize
1771 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1772 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1773 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1774 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1775 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1776 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1777 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1778 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1779 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1780 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1781 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1782 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1783 @end itemize
1784
1785 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1786 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1787 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1788 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1789 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1790
1791 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1792 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1793 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1794 to the various active targets.
1795 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1796 which is normally done in the background.
1797
1798 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1799 Poll the current target for its current state.
1800 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1801 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1802 specific information about the current state is printed.
1803 An optional parameter
1804 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1805
1806 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1807 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1808 @example
1809 > poll
1810 background polling: on
1811 target state: halted
1812 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1813 current mode: Supervisor
1814 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1815 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1816 >
1817 @end example
1818 @end deffn
1819
1820 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1821 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1822 @cindex config file, interface
1823 @cindex interface config file
1824
1825 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1826 through commands in an interface configuration
1827 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1828 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1829
1830 @example
1831 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1832 @end example
1833
1834 These commands tell
1835 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1836 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1837
1838 @example
1839 # jlink interface
1840 interface jlink
1841 @end example
1842
1843 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1844
1845
1846 @section Interface Configuration
1847
1848 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1849 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1850 more additional commands.
1851
1852 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1853 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1854 target.
1855 @end deffn
1856
1857 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1858 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1859 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1860 @end deffn
1861
1862 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1863 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1864 @end deffn
1865
1866 @section Interface Drivers
1867
1868 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1869 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1870 available at run time.
1871
1872 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1873 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1874 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1875 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1876
1877 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1878 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1879 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1880 @end deffn
1881
1882 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1883 Displays status of RTCK option.
1884 Optionally sets that option first.
1885 @end deffn
1886 @end deffn
1887
1888 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1889 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1890 This has one driver-specific command:
1891
1892 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1893 Logs some status
1894 @end deffn
1895 @end deffn
1896
1897 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1898 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1899 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1900 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1901 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1902 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1903 @end deffn
1904
1905 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1906 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1907 @end deffn
1908
1909 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1910 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1911 @end deffn
1912
1913 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1914 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1915 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1916 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1917
1918 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1919 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1920 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1921 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1922 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1923 @end deffn
1924
1925 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1926 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1927 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1928 is connected to the host.
1929 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1930 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1931 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1932 @end deffn
1933
1934 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1935 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1936 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1937 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1938 @itemize @minus
1939 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1940 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1941 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1942 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1943 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1944 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1945 @item @b{luminary_icdi} Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board
1946 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1947 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1948 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1949 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1950 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1951 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1952 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1953 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1954 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1955 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1956 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1957 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1958 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
1959 @end itemize
1960 @end deffn
1961
1962 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
1963 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
1964 default values are used.
1965 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
1966 @example
1967 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
1968 @end example
1969 @end deffn
1970
1971 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
1972 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
1973 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
1974 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
1975 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
1976 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
1977 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
1978 @end deffn
1979
1980 For example, the interface config file for a
1981 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
1982
1983 @example
1984 interface ft2232
1985 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
1986 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
1987 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
1988 @end example
1989 @end deffn
1990
1991 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
1992 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
1993 This has one driver-specific command:
1994
1995 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1996 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1997 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1998 @end deffn
1999 @end deffn
2000
2001 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2002 Segger jlink USB adapter
2003 @c command: jlink_info
2004 @c dumps status
2005 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2006 @c sets version 2 or 3
2007 @end deffn
2008
2009 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2010 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2011 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2012 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2013 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2014
2015 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2016 The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2017 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2018
2019 @itemize @minus
2020 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2021 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2022 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2023 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2024 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2025 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2026 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2027 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2028 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2029 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2030 some versions of
2031 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2032 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2033 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2034 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2035 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2036 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2037 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2038 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2039 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2040 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2041 @end itemize
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2045 Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
2046 the @file{/dev/parport} device
2047
2048 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2049 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2050 you may encounter a problem.
2051 @end deffn
2052
2053 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2054 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2055 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2056 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2057 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2058 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2059
2060 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2061 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2062 @quotation Tip
2063 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2064 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2065 @example
2066 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2067 > jtag_khz 500
2068 @end example
2069 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2070 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2071 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2072 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2073 large set of samples.
2074 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2075 @example
2076 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2077 @end example
2078 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2079 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2080
2081 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2082 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2083 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2084 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2085 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2086 @end quotation
2087 @end deffn
2088
2089 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
2090 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2091 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
2092 @end deffn
2093
2094 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2095 classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
2096
2097 @example
2098 interface parport
2099 parport_port 0xc8b8
2100 parport_cable wiggler
2101 @end example
2102 @end deffn
2103
2104 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2105 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2106 @c command: presto_serial str
2107 @c sets serial number
2108 @end deffn
2109
2110 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2111 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2112 @end deffn
2113
2114 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2115 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2116 @end deffn
2117
2118 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2119 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2120
2121 @quotation Note
2122 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2123 which are not currently documented here.
2124 @end quotation
2125 @end deffn
2126
2127 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2128 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2129
2130 @quotation Note
2131 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2132 which are not currently documented here.
2133 @end quotation
2134
2135 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2136 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2137 No arguments: print status.
2138 @end deffn
2139
2140 @end deffn
2141
2142 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2143 @section JTAG Speed
2144 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2145 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2146 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2147 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2148 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2149 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2150 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2151 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2152 power management software that may be active.
2153
2154 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2155 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2156 target event handler.
2157 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2158 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2159 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2160 sets up those clocks).
2161 @xref{Target Events}.
2162 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2163 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2164 in the target config file.
2165 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2166 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2167 config file instead.
2168 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2169 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2170 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2171
2172 @example
2173 jtag_rclk 3000
2174 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2175 @end example
2176
2177 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2178 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2179 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2180 may not be the fastest solution.
2181
2182 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2183 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2184
2185 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2186 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2187 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2188 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2189 than the speed specified.
2190
2191 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2192 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2193 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2194 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2195
2196 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2197 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2198 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2199 JTAG clocking after setup.
2200 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2201 If the interface device can not
2202 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2203 @end deffn
2204
2205 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2206 @cindex adaptive clocking
2207 @cindex RTCK
2208 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2209 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2210 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2211 @example
2212 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2213 jtag_rclk 3000
2214 @end example
2215 @end defun
2216
2217 @node Reset Configuration
2218 @chapter Reset Configuration
2219 @cindex Reset Configuration
2220
2221 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2222 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2223 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2224 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2225 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2226 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2227 Please see the various board files for examples.
2228
2229 @quotation Note
2230 To maintainers and integrators:
2231 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2232 Normally the board configuration file
2233 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2234 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2235
2236 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2237 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2238 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2239 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2240 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2241 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2242 @end quotation
2243
2244 @section Types of Reset
2245
2246 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2247 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2248 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2249
2250 @itemize @bullet
2251 @item
2252 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2253 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2254 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2255 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2256 @item
2257 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2258 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2259 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2260 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2261 @item
2262 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2263 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2264 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2265 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2266 @item
2267 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2268 several other types of reset.
2269 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2270 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2271 There may be individual module resets.
2272 @end itemize
2273
2274 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2275 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2276 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2277 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2278 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2279 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2280 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2281 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2282 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2283
2284 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2285 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2286
2287 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2288 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2289 common issues are:
2290
2291 @itemize @bullet
2292
2293 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2294 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2295 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2296 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2297 when either of those signals is not connected.
2298 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2299 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2300 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2301 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2302
2303 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2304 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2305 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2306 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2307
2308 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2309 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2310 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2311 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2312 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2313 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2314 hardware debouncing.
2315 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2316 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2317
2318 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2319 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2320 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2321 to use push/pull output drivers.
2322 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2323 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2324 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2325 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2326
2327 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2328 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2329 issues (not limited to errata).
2330 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2331 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2332 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2333 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2334 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2335 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2336 @end itemize
2337
2338 There can also be other issues.
2339 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2340 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2341 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2342 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2343 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2344 Agreement (NDA).
2345
2346 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2347 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2348 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2349
2350 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2351 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2352
2353 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2354
2355 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2356 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2357 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2358 allowing it to be deasserted.
2359 @end deffn
2360
2361 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2362 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2363 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2364 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2365 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2366 @end deffn
2367
2368 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2369 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2370 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2371 allowing it to be deasserted.
2372 @end deffn
2373
2374 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2375 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2376 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2377 @end deffn
2378
2379 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2380 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2381 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2382 configuration scripts.
2383
2384 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2385 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2386 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2387 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2388 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2389 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2390 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2391 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2392
2393 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2394 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2395 @var{gates},
2396 @var{trst_type},
2397 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2398 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2399 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2400 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2401 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2402 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2403
2404 @itemize
2405 @item
2406 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2407 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2408 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2409 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2410 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2411
2412 @quotation Tip
2413 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2414 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2415 @end quotation
2416
2417 @item
2418 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2419 signal implementations.
2420 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2421 indicating everything behaves normally.
2422 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2423 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
2424 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2425 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2426 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2427 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2428 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2429
2430 @item
2431 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2432 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2433 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2434 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2435 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2436 while SRST is asserted.
2437 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2438 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2439 @end itemize
2440
2441 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2442 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2443 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2444 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2445 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2446
2447 @itemize
2448 @item
2449 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2450 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2451 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2452 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2453
2454 @item
2455 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2456 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2457 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2458 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2459 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2460 @end itemize
2461 @end deffn
2462
2463 @section Custom Reset Handling
2464 @cindex events
2465
2466 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2467 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2468 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2469 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2470 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2471 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2472
2473 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2474 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2475 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2476 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2477 want to reset everything at once.
2478
2479 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2480 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2481 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2482 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2483 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2484 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2485 needs special attention.
2486
2487 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2488 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2489 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2490 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2491 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2492 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2493 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2494 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2495
2496 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2497 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2498 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2499 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2500 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2501
2502 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2503 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2504 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2505 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2506 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2507 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2508 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2509 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2510 or potentially some other value.
2511
2512 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2513 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2514 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2515 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2516 (or their associated targets)
2517 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2518
2519 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2520 they return.
2521 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2522 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2523 @end deffn
2524
2525 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2526 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2527 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2528 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2529 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2530 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2531 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2532 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2533 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2534 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2535 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2536 @end deffn
2537
2538 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2539 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2540 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2541 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2542 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2543 @end deffn
2544
2545
2546 @node TAP Declaration
2547 @chapter TAP Declaration
2548 @cindex TAP declaration
2549 @cindex TAP configuration
2550
2551 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2552 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2553
2554 @itemize @bullet
2555 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2556 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2557 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2558 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2559 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2560 start running that code.
2561 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2562 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2563 and missing connections
2564 @end itemize
2565
2566 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2567 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2568 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2569 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2570 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2571
2572 @section Scan Chains
2573 @cindex scan chain
2574
2575 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2576 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2577 They also need to be added to
2578 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2579 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2580 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2581 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2582 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2583 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2584 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2585 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2586
2587 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2588 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2589 command, presented in the next chapter.
2590 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2591 debugging targets.)
2592 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2593
2594 @verbatim
2595 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask Instr
2596 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------ -----
2597 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0 0 0x...
2598 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x1 0 0xc
2599 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0 0 0xff
2600 @end verbatim
2601
2602 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2603 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2604 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2605 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2606 until they are told to do so.
2607
2608 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2609 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2610 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2611 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2612
2613 @example
2614 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2615 @end example
2616
2617 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2618 by a given chip.
2619 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2620 and so forth.
2621 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2622 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2623 a single chip and between them.
2624 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2625
2626 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2627 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2628 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2629 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2630 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2631 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2632 includes commands something like this:
2633
2634 @example
2635 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2636 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2637 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2638 @end example
2639
2640 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2641 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2642 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2643
2644 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2645 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2646 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2647 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2648 @example
2649 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2650 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2651 @}
2652 @end example
2653 @end deffn
2654
2655 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2656 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2657 and their status.
2658 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2659 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2660 but systems with a JTAG router can
2661 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2662 In addition to the enable/disable status, the contents of
2663 each TAP's instruction register can also change.
2664 @end deffn
2665
2666 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2667 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2668
2669 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2670 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2671
2672 @section TAP Names
2673 @cindex dotted name
2674
2675 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2676 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2677 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2678 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2679 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2680 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2681 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2682 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2683
2684 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2685 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2686 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2687
2688 @quotation Tip
2689 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2690 This feature is still present.
2691 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2692 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2693 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2694 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2695 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2696 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2697 @end quotation
2698
2699 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2700
2701 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2702 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2703 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2704 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2705 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2706
2707 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2708 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2709 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2710 overridable.
2711
2712 @cindex TAP naming convention
2713 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2714 and should follow this convention:
2715
2716 @itemize @bullet
2717 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2718 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2719 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2720 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2721 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2722 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2723 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2724 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2725 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2726 with a single TAP;
2727 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2728 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2729 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2730 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2731 @end itemize
2732
2733 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2734
2735 @itemize @bullet
2736 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2737 @*The length in bits of the
2738 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2739 @end itemize
2740
2741 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2742
2743 @itemize @bullet
2744 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2745 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2746 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2747 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2748 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2749 (the TAP is linked in).
2750 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2751 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2752 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2753 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2754 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2755 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2756 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2757 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2758 values that were found but not included in the list.
2759
2760 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2761 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2762 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2763 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2764 hardware to find these values.
2765 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2766 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2767 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2768 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2769 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2770 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2771 the various chip IDs.
2772 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2773 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2774 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2775 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2776 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2777 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2778 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2779 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2780 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2781 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2782 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2783 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2784 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2785 @end itemize
2786 @end deffn
2787
2788 @section Other TAP commands
2789
2790 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2791 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2792 At this writing this TAP attribute
2793 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2794 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2795 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2796 See the next section for information about the available events.
2797
2798 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2799 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2800 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2801 @end deffn
2802
2803 @anchor{TAP Events}
2804 @section TAP Events
2805 @cindex events
2806 @cindex TAP events
2807
2808 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2809 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2810 The other applies to debugger targets,
2811 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2812
2813 The TAP events currently defined are:
2814
2815 @itemize @bullet
2816 @item @b{post-reset}
2817 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2818 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2819 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2820 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2821 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2822
2823 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2824 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2825 of any particular target.
2826 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2827 @item @b{setup}
2828 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2829 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2830 @item @b{tap-disable}
2831 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2832 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2833 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2834 @item @b{tap-enable}
2835 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2836 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2837 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2838 @end itemize
2839
2840 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2841 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2842 contents to be accurate), you might:
2843
2844 @example
2845 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2846 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2847 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2848 @}
2849 @end example
2850
2851
2852 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2853 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2854 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2855 @cindex jrc
2856
2857 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2858 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2859 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2860 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2861 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2862
2863 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2864 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2865 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2866 be visible.
2867 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2868 ignores, such as:
2869
2870 @itemize
2871 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2872 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2873 TAPs receive new instructions.
2874 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2875 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2876 @end itemize
2877
2878 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2879 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2880 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2881 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2882
2883 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2884 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2885
2886 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2887 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2888 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2889 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2890 should define TAP event handlers using
2891 code that looks something like this:
2892
2893 @example
2894 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2895 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2896 @}
2897 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2898 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2899 @}
2900 @end example
2901
2902 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2903
2904 @example
2905 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2906 @end example
2907
2908 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2909 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2910 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2911 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2912
2913 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
2914 If necessary, disables the tap
2915 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
2916 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2917 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2918 and "0" if it is disabled.
2919 @end deffn
2920
2921 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
2922 If necessary, enables the tap
2923 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
2924 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2925 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2926 and "0" if it is disabled.
2927 @end deffn
2928
2929 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
2930 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2931 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2932 and "0" if it is disabled.
2933
2934 @quotation Note
2935 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
2936 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
2937 @end quotation
2938 @end deffn
2939
2940 @anchor{Autoprobing}
2941 @section Autoprobing
2942 @cindex autoprobe
2943 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
2944
2945 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
2946 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
2947 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
2948 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
2949
2950 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
2951 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
2952 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
2953 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
2954 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
2955 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
2956 right when they come out of reset).
2957
2958 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
2959
2960 @example
2961 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
2962 reset_config trst_and_srst
2963 jtag_rclk 8
2964 @end example
2965
2966 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
2967 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
2968
2969 @enumerate
2970 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
2971 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
2972 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
2973 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
2974 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
2975 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
2976 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
2977 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
2978 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
2979 that is discovered.
2980 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
2981 register, it will report it.
2982 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
2983 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
2984 @end enumerate
2985
2986 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
2987 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
2988 that's a bit more complex:
2989
2990 @example
2991 clock speed 8 kHz
2992 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
2993 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
2994 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
2995 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
2996 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2997 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2998 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
2999 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3000 @end example
3001
3002 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3003 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3004 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3005 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3006 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3007 and so forth.
3008
3009 @node CPU Configuration
3010 @chapter CPU Configuration
3011 @cindex GDB target
3012
3013 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3014 You can also access these targets without GDB
3015 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3016 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3017 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3018 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3019
3020 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3021 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3022
3023 @section Target List
3024 @cindex target, current
3025 @cindex target, list
3026
3027 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3028 where each member has a name.
3029 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3030 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3031 (plural!) command.
3032 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3033 look like with more than one:
3034 @verbatim
3035 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3036 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3037 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3038 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3039 @end verbatim
3040
3041 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3042 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3043 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3044 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3045 space seen by that current target.
3046 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3047 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3048 are examples; and there are many more.
3049
3050 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3051
3052 @deffn Command {target count}
3053 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3054 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3055 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3056
3057 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3058 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3059 @example
3060 set c [target count]
3061 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3062 # Assuming you have created this function
3063 print_target_details $x
3064 @}
3065 @end example
3066 @end deffn
3067
3068 @deffn Command {target current}
3069 Returns the name of the current target.
3070 @end deffn
3071
3072 @deffn Command {target names}
3073 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3074 @example
3075 foreach t [target names] @{
3076 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3077 @}
3078 @end example
3079 @end deffn
3080
3081 @deffn Command {target number} number
3082 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3083 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3084
3085 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3086 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3087 @example
3088 set thename [target number $x]
3089 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3090 @end example
3091 @end deffn
3092
3093 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3094 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3095
3096 @deffn Command targets [name]
3097 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3098 command names are singular.}
3099
3100 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3101 targets in a user friendly form.
3102
3103 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3104 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3105 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3106 @end deffn
3107
3108 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3109 @cindex target type
3110 @cindex CPU type
3111 @cindex CPU variant
3112
3113 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3114 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3115 when calling @command{target create}.
3116 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3117 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3118 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3119 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3120 what core-specific commands may be available
3121 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3122 and more.
3123
3124 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3125 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3126 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3127 worked around in some chip versions.
3128
3129 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3130 since there's a command to list them.
3131 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3132 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3133
3134 @anchor{target types}
3135 @deffn Command {target types}
3136 Lists all supported target types.
3137 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3138
3139 @itemize @bullet
3140 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3141 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3142 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3143 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3144 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3145 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3146 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3147 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3148 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3149 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3150 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3151 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3152 @itemize @minus
3153 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3154 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3155 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3156 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3157 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3158 @end itemize
3159 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3160 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3161 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3162 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3163 @itemize @minus
3164 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3165 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3166 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3167 processor.
3168 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3169 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3170 @end itemize
3171 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3172 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3173 There are several variants defined:
3174 @itemize @minus
3175 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3176 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3177 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3178 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3179 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3180 @end itemize
3181 @end itemize
3182 @end deffn
3183
3184 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3185 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3186 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3187 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3188 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3189 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3190 reflect design generations;
3191 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3192 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3193
3194 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3195 @section Target Configuration
3196
3197 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3198 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3199 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3200 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3201 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3202
3203 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3204 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3205 optional parts.
3206 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3207 command, created as part of target creation.
3208
3209 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3210 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3211 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3212 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3213 to be much more board-specific.
3214 The key steps you use might look something like this
3215
3216 @example
3217 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3218 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3219 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3220 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3221 @end example
3222
3223 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3224 on-chip SRAM.
3225 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3226 writes to target memory;
3227 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3228 GDB memory checksumming;
3229 and more.
3230
3231 @quotation Warning
3232 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3233 inaccessible when application code
3234 (such as an operating system)
3235 enables or disables the MMU.
3236 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3237 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3238 easy access to other addresses needed.
3239 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3240 @end quotation
3241
3242 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3243 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3244 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3245 controllers.
3246 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3247 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3248 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3249
3250 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3251 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3252 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3253 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3254 purposes including additional configuration.
3255
3256 @itemize @bullet
3257 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3258 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3259 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3260 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3261
3262 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3263 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3264 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3265 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3266 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3267 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3268 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3269 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3270
3271 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3272 @end itemize
3273 @end deffn
3274
3275 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3276 The options accepted by this command may also be
3277 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3278 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3279 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3280
3281 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3282 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3283 and changing its endianness or variant.
3284
3285 @itemize @bullet
3286
3287 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3288 used to access this target.
3289
3290 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3291 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3292
3293 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3294 @xref{Target Events}.
3295 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3296 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3297 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3298 same event name assigns only one handler.
3299
3300 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3301 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3302
3303 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3304 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3305 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3306 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3307 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3308 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3309 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3310
3311 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3312 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3313 or virtual address is being used.
3314
3315 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3316 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3317
3318 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3319 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3320 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3321 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3322 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3323
3324 @end itemize
3325 @end deffn
3326
3327 @section Other $target_name Commands
3328 @cindex object command
3329
3330 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3331 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3332
3333 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3334 Once a button is created a button
3335 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3336 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3337 configure it like this:
3338
3339 @example
3340 # Create
3341 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3342 # Modify
3343 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3344 # Query
3345 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3346 # Report
3347 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3348 @end example
3349
3350 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3351 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3352
3353 @example
3354 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3355 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3356 @end example
3357
3358 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3359
3360 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3361 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3362 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3363 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3364 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3365 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3366 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3367 They are not otherwise documented here.
3368 @end deffn
3369
3370 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3371 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3372 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3373 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3374 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3375 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3376 the target side uses raw memory.
3377
3378 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3379 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3380 The script orientation comes from working with data
3381 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3382 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3383 and neither store nor return those values.
3384
3385 @itemize
3386 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3387 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3388 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3389 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3390 @end itemize
3391 @end deffn
3392
3393 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3394 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3395 @command{$target_name configure}
3396 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3397 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3398 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3399 There are a few special cases:
3400
3401 @itemize @bullet
3402 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3403 event named @var{event_name}.
3404 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3405 two parameters.
3406 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3407 This is a special case because this is set using
3408 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3409 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3410 @end itemize
3411
3412 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3413 all the targets you might use something like this:
3414
3415 @example
3416 foreach name [target names] @{
3417 set y [$name cget -endian]
3418 set z [$name cget -type]
3419 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3420 $x $name $y $z]
3421 @}
3422 @end example
3423 @end deffn
3424
3425 @anchor{target curstate}
3426 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3427 Displays the current target state:
3428 @code{debug-running},
3429 @code{halted},
3430 @code{reset},
3431 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3432 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3433 @end deffn
3434
3435 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3436 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3437 currently associated with this target.
3438 @xref{Target Events}.
3439 @end deffn
3440
3441 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3442 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3443 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3444 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3445 @end deffn
3446
3447 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3448 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3449 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3450 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3451 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3452 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3453 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3454 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3455 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3456 @end deffn
3457
3458 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3459 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3460 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3461 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3462 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3463 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3464 @end deffn
3465
3466 @anchor{Target Events}
3467 @section Target Events
3468 @cindex target events
3469 @cindex events
3470 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3471 For example:
3472 @itemize @bullet
3473 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3474 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3475 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3476 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3477 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3478 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3479 to set up system clocks or
3480 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3481 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3482 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3483 @end itemize
3484
3485 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3486 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3487 @command{target create ... -event}.
3488
3489 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3490 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3491 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3492
3493 @example
3494 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3495 echo "Reset..."
3496 reset halt
3497 @}
3498 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3499 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3500 echo "Reset..."
3501 reset halt
3502 @}
3503 @end example
3504
3505 The following target events are defined:
3506
3507 @itemize @bullet
3508 @item @b{debug-halted}
3509 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3510 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3511 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3512 @item @b{early-halted}
3513 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3514 @ignore
3515 @item @b{examine-end}
3516 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3517 @item @b{examine-start}
3518 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3519 @end ignore
3520 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3521 @* When GDB connects
3522 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3523 @* When GDB disconnects
3524 @item @b{gdb-end}
3525 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3526 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3527 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3528 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3529 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3530 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3531 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3532 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3533 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3534 @item @b{gdb-start}
3535 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3536 @item @b{halted}
3537 @* The target has halted
3538 @ignore
3539 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3540 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3541 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3542 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3543 @end ignore
3544 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3545 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3546 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3547 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3548 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3549 @item @b{reset-assert}
3550 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3551 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3552 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3553 it instead of asserting SRST.
3554 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3555 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3556 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3557 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3558 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3559 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3560 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3561 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3562 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3563 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3564 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3565 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3566 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3567 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3568 released on the scan chain.
3569 @item @b{reset-end}
3570 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3571 @ignore
3572 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3573 @* Currently not used
3574 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3575 @* Currently not used
3576 @end ignore
3577 @item @b{reset-init}
3578 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3579 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3580
3581 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3582 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3583 multiplexing, and so on.
3584 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3585 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3586 @item @b{reset-start}
3587 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3588 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3589
3590 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3591 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3592 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3593 @ignore
3594 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3595 @* Currently not used
3596 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3597 @* Currently not used
3598 @end ignore
3599 @item @b{resume-start}
3600 @* Before any target is resumed
3601 @item @b{resume-end}
3602 @* After all targets have resumed
3603 @item @b{resume-ok}
3604 @* Success
3605 @item @b{resumed}
3606 @* Target has resumed
3607 @end itemize
3608
3609
3610 @node Flash Commands
3611 @chapter Flash Commands
3612
3613 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3614 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3615 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3616 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3617 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3618 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3619 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3620 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3621 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3622
3623 Flash Steps:
3624 @enumerate
3625 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3626 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3627 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3628 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3629 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3630 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3631 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3632 @item GDB Flashing
3633 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3634 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3635 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3636 @end enumerate
3637
3638 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3639 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3640 so that it can't boot.
3641 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3642 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3643
3644 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3645 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3646 @cindex flash configuration
3647
3648 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3649 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3650 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3651 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3652 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3653 see the driver-specific documentation.
3654
3655 @itemize @bullet
3656 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3657 in other flash commands.
3658 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3659 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3660 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3661 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3662 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3663 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3664 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3665 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3666 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3667 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3668 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3669 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3670 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3671 commands to the flash controller.
3672 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3673 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3674 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3675 for more information.
3676 @end itemize
3677 @quotation Note
3678 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3679 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3680 @end quotation
3681 @end deffn
3682
3683 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3684 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3685 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3686 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3687 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3688 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3689 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3690 @end deffn
3691
3692 @deffn Command {flash list}
3693 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3694 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3695 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3696 @end deffn
3697
3698 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3699 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3700 depends on the flash type.
3701 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3702 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3703 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3704 but most don't bother.
3705 @end deffn
3706
3707 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3708 @cindex flash erasing
3709 @cindex flash reading
3710 @cindex flash writing
3711 @cindex flash programming
3712
3713 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3714 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3715 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3716 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3717 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3718
3719 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3720 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3721 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3722 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3723 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3724
3725 @quotation Note
3726 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3727 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3728 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3729 back to a flash bank.
3730 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3731 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3732 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3733 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3734 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3735 @end quotation
3736
3737 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3738 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3739 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3740 disabled first.
3741 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3742 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3743 @xref{flash protect}.
3744
3745 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3746 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3747 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3748 up to and including @var{last}.
3749 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3750 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3751 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3752 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3753 @end deffn
3754
3755 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3756 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3757 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3758 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3759 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3760 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3761 @end deffn
3762
3763 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3764 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3765 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3766 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3767 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3768 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3769 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3770 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3771 before issuing this command.
3772 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3773 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3774 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3775 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3776 @end deffn
3777 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3778
3779 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3780 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3781 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3782 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3783 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3784 @end deffn
3785
3786 @anchor{flash write_image}
3787 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3788 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3789 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3790 to the base address for each section in the image.
3791 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3792 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3793 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3794 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3795 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3796 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3797 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3798 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3799 each image segment.
3800 @end deffn
3801
3802 @section Other Flash commands
3803 @cindex flash protection
3804
3805 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3806 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3807 and display that status.
3808 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3809 This is the only operation that
3810 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3811 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3812 to get updated information.
3813 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3814 @end deffn
3815
3816 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3817 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3818 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3819 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3820 @end deffn
3821
3822 @anchor{flash protect}
3823 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3824 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3825 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3826 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3827 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3828 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3829 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3830 @end deffn
3831
3832 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3833 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3834 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3835 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3836 @end deffn
3837
3838 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3839 @section Flash Driver List
3840 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3841 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3842 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3843
3844 @subsection External Flash
3845
3846 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3847 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3848 @cindex CFI
3849 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3850 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3851 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3852 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3853 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3854 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3855 configure a bus and its timings), or
3856 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3857 on the flash chip.
3858 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3859 speed up operation.
3860
3861 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3862
3863 @itemize
3864 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3865 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3866 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3867 @end itemize
3868
3869 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3870 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3871
3872 @example
3873 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3874 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3875 @end example
3876
3877 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
3878 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
3879 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
3880
3881 @example
3882 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
3883 @end example
3884
3885 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3886 @end deffn
3887
3888 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3889
3890 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
3891 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
3892 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
3893 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
3894 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
3895 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
3896
3897 @example
3898 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3899 @end example
3900 @end deffn
3901
3902 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
3903 @cindex at91sam3
3904 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
3905 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
3906 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
3907 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
3908 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
3909 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
3910 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
3911 chips are confirmed.}
3912
3913 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
3914 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
3915 the following fixed locations:
3916
3917 @example
3918 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
3919 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3920 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
3921 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3922 @end example
3923
3924 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
3925 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
3926 to the @command{flash bank} command:
3927
3928 @itemize
3929 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
3930 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
3931 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
3932 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
3933 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
3934 @end itemize
3935
3936 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
3937
3938 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
3939 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
3940 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
3941 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
3942 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
3943 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
3944 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
3945
3946 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
3947 modifies that GPNVM bit.
3948 @end deffn
3949
3950 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
3951 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
3952 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
3953 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
3954 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
3955 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
3956 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
3957 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
3958 @end deffn
3959
3960 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
3961 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
3962 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
3963 @end deffn
3964 @end deffn
3965
3966 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
3967 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
3968 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
3969 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
3970 register, and autoconfigures itself.
3971
3972 @example
3973 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3974 @end example
3975
3976 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
3977 provide additional parameters in the following order:
3978
3979 @itemize
3980 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
3981 @item @var{banks}
3982 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
3983 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
3984 @item @var{pages_size}
3985 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
3986 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
3987 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
3988 @end itemize
3989
3990 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
3991 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
3992 will be autoconfigured.
3993 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
3994
3995 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
3996 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
3997 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
3998 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
3999 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4000
4001 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4002 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
4003 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4004 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4005 are not truly general purpose).
4006 @quotation Note
4007 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4008 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4009 @end quotation
4010 @end deffn
4011 @end deffn
4012
4013 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4014 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4015 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4016 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4017 @end deffn
4018
4019 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4020 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4021 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4022 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4023 and executed.
4024 @end deffn
4025
4026 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4027 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4028 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4029
4030 @quotation Note
4031 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4032 driver:
4033 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4034 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4035 @end quotation
4036
4037 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4038 which must appear in the following order:
4039
4040 @itemize
4041 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4042 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4043 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4044 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4045 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4046 at which the core is running
4047 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4048 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4049 @end itemize
4050
4051 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4052
4053 @example
4054 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4055 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4056 @end example
4057
4058 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4059 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4060 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4061 @end deffn
4062 @end deffn
4063
4064 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4065 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4066 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4067 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4068 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4069 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4070
4071 @example
4072 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4073 @end example
4074 @end deffn
4075
4076 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4077 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4078 from NXP.
4079
4080 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4081 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4082 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4083 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4084 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4085 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4086 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4087 you start the PLL.
4088
4089 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4090
4091 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4092 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4093 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4094
4095 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4096 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4097 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4098 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4099 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4100 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4101 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4102
4103 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4104 @example
4105 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4106 @end example
4107
4108 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4109 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4110 @code{flash banks} command.
4111
4112 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4113 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4114 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4115 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4116 a known signature.
4117 Example:
4118 @example
4119 lpc2900 signature 0
4120 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4121 @end example
4122 @end deffn
4123
4124 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4125 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4126 saves it to a file in binary format.
4127 Example:
4128 @example
4129 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4130 @end example
4131 @end deffn
4132
4133 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4134 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4135 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4136 command:
4137
4138 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4139 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4140 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4141 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4142
4143 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4144 Example:
4145 @example
4146 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4147 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4148 @end example
4149 @end deffn
4150
4151 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4152 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4153 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4154 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4155 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4156 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4157 912 bytes.
4158 @quotation Attention
4159 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4160 @end quotation
4161 Example:
4162 @example
4163 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4164 @end example
4165 @end deffn
4166
4167 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4168 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4169 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4170 after the next power cycle.
4171 @quotation Attention
4172 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4173 @end quotation
4174 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4175 Example:
4176 @example
4177 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4178 flash info 0
4179 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4180 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4181 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4182 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4183 @end example
4184 @end deffn
4185
4186 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4187 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4188 effective after the next power cycle.
4189 @quotation Attention
4190 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4191 @end quotation
4192 Examples:
4193 @example
4194 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4195 @end example
4196 @end deffn
4197 @end deffn
4198
4199 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4200 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4201
4202 @example
4203 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4204 @end example
4205 @end deffn
4206
4207 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4208 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4209 and integrate flash memory.
4210 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4211
4212 @example
4213 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4214 @end example
4215
4216 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4217 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4218 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4219 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4220 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4221 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4222 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4223 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4224 @end deffn
4225 @end deffn
4226
4227 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4228 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4229 Texas Instruments
4230 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4231 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4232 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4233 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4234 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4235 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4236
4237 @example
4238 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4239 @end example
4240 @end deffn
4241
4242 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4243 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4244 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4245 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4246 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4247
4248 @example
4249 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4250 @end example
4251
4252 Some stm32x-specific commands
4253 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4254 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4255 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4256 are defined:
4257
4258 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4259 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4260 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4261 @end deffn
4262
4263 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4264 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4265 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4266 @end deffn
4267
4268 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4269 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4270 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4271 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4272 @end deffn
4273
4274 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4275 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4276 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4277 @end deffn
4278 @end deffn
4279
4280 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4281 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4282 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4283 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4284 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4285
4286 @example
4287 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4288 @end example
4289
4290 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4291 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4292 for the specified flash bank.
4293 @end deffn
4294 @end deffn
4295
4296 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4297 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4298 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4299 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4300 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4301
4302 @example
4303 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4304 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4305 @end example
4306
4307 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4308 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4309 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4310
4311 @itemize @bullet
4312 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4313 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4314 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4315 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4316 @end itemize
4317 @end deffn
4318
4319 @end deffn
4320
4321 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4322 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4323 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4324 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4325
4326 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4327
4328 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4329 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4330 @end deffn
4331
4332 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4333 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4334 @end deffn
4335
4336 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4337 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4338 the flash clock.
4339 @end deffn
4340 @end deffn
4341
4342 @subsection str9xpec driver
4343 @cindex str9xpec
4344
4345 Here is some background info to help
4346 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4347 the str9:
4348 @enumerate
4349 @item
4350 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4351 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4352 @item
4353 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4354 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4355 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4356 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4357 @end enumerate
4358
4359 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4360 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4361 configured for flash bank 0.
4362 @example
4363 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4364 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4365 jtag_reset 0 1
4366 # turn off target polling
4367 poll off
4368 # disable str9 core
4369 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4370 # read option bytes
4371 str9xpec options_read 0
4372 # re-enable str9 core
4373 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4374 poll on
4375 reset halt
4376 @end example
4377 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4378 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4379 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4380 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4381
4382 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4383 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4384 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4385 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4386 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4387
4388 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4389
4390 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4391 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4392 @end deffn
4393
4394 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4395 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4396 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4397 @end deffn
4398
4399 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4400 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4401 erase the device.
4402 @end deffn
4403
4404 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4405 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4406 @end deffn
4407
4408 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4409 Configure str9 boot bank.
4410 @end deffn
4411
4412 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4413 Configure str9 lvd source.
4414 @end deffn
4415
4416 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4417 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4418 @end deffn
4419
4420 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4421 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4422 @end deffn
4423
4424 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4425 Read str9 option bytes.
4426 @end deffn
4427
4428 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4429 Write str9 option bytes.
4430 @end deffn
4431
4432 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4433 unlock str9 device.
4434 @end deffn
4435
4436 @end deffn
4437
4438
4439 @section mFlash
4440
4441 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4442 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4443
4444 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4445 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4446 address @var{base}.
4447 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4448 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4449
4450 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4451
4452 @example
4453 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4454 @end example
4455
4456 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4457
4458 @example
4459 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4460 @end example
4461 @end deffn
4462
4463 @subsection mFlash commands
4464 @cindex mFlash commands
4465
4466 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4467 Configure mflash PLL.
4468 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4469 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4470 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4471 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4472 @end deffn
4473
4474 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4475 Configure bootable option.
4476 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4477 (4kB) for boot.
4478 @end deffn
4479
4480 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4481 Configure storage information.
4482 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4483 written.
4484 @end deffn
4485
4486 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4487 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4488 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4489 @end deffn
4490
4491 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4492 Probe mflash.
4493 @end deffn
4494
4495 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4496 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4497 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4498 @end deffn
4499
4500 @node NAND Flash Commands
4501 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4502 @cindex NAND
4503
4504 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4505 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4506 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4507
4508 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4509 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4510 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4511 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4512 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4513 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4514
4515 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4516 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4517 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4518 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4519 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4520 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4521 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4522 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4523 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4524 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4525
4526 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4527 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4528 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4529 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4530 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4531 every 512 bytes of data.
4532
4533 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4534 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4535 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4536 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4537 ECC mode is used.
4538
4539 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4540 @enumerate
4541 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4542 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4543 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4544 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4545 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4546 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4547 to access that device.
4548 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4549 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4550 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4551 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4552 de-brick a board.
4553 @end enumerate
4554
4555 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4556 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4557 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4558 are only 32 bits wide.
4559 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4560 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4561 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4562 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4563
4564 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4565 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4566 @cindex NAND configuration
4567
4568 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4569 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4570 OpenOCD has initialized.
4571
4572 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name controller target [configparams...]
4573 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4574 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4575 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4576 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4577 they were a single (larger) device.
4578 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4579 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4580
4581 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4582 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4583 configuration files, not interactively.
4584
4585 @itemize @bullet
4586 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4587 in other commands.
4588 @item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
4589 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4590 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4591 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4592 commands to the NAND controller.
4593 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4594 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4595 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4596 for more information.
4597 @end itemize
4598 @end deffn
4599
4600 @deffn Command {nand list}
4601 Prints a summary of each device declared
4602 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4603 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4604 @example
4605 > nand list
4606 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4607 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4608 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4609 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4610 >
4611 @end example
4612 @end deffn
4613
4614 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4615 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4616 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4617 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4618 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4619 it with most other NAND commands.
4620 @end deffn
4621
4622 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4623
4624 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4625 @cindex NAND reading
4626 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4627 starting at the specified offset.
4628 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4629
4630 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4631 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4632
4633 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4634 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4635 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4636
4637 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4638 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4639 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4640 method which handled that error correction.
4641
4642 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4643 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4644 @itemize @bullet
4645 @item no oob_* parameter
4646 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4647 @item @code{oob_raw}
4648 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4649 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4650 spare areas associated with each data page.
4651 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4652 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4653 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4654 @item @code{oob_only}
4655 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4656 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4657 spare areas associated with each data page.
4658 @end itemize
4659 @end deffn
4660
4661 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4662 @cindex NAND erasing
4663 @cindex NAND programming
4664 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4665 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4666 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4667 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4668 If those parameters are not specified,
4669 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4670 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4671
4672 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4673 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4674 block marker.
4675 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4676 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4677 @end deffn
4678
4679 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4680 @cindex NAND writing
4681 @cindex NAND programming
4682 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4683 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4684 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4685 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4686
4687 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4688 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4689
4690 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4691 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4692 past the end of the device.
4693 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4694 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4695 if that's being written.)
4696
4697 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4698 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4699 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4700
4701 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4702 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4703 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4704 @itemize @bullet
4705 @item no oob_* parameter
4706 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4707 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4708 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4709 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4710 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4711 @item @code{oob_only}
4712 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4713 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4714 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4715 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4716 @item @code{oob_raw}
4717 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4718 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4719 un-altered OOB.
4720 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4721 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4722 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4723 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4724 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4725 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4726 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4727 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4728 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4729 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4730 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4731 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4732 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4733 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4734 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4735 @end itemize
4736 @end deffn
4737
4738 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4739 @cindex NAND verification
4740 @cindex NAND programming
4741 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4742 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4743 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4744
4745 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4746 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4747
4748 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4749 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4750 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4751 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4752 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4753
4754 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4755 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4756 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4757
4758 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4759 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4760 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4761 be removed in a future release.
4762 @end deffn
4763
4764 @section Other NAND commands
4765 @cindex NAND other commands
4766
4767 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4768 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4769 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4770 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4771 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4772 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4773 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4774 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4775
4776 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4777 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4778 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4782 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4783 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4784 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4785 status for each block.
4786 @end deffn
4787
4788 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4789 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4790 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4791
4792 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4793 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4794 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4795 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4796 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4797
4798 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4799 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4800 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4801 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4802 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4803 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4804 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4808 @section NAND Driver List
4809 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4810 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4811 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4812
4813 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4814 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4815 chips from Texas Instruments.
4816 It takes three extra parameters:
4817 address of the NAND chip;
4818 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4819 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4820 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4821 @example
4822 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4823 @end example
4824 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4825 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4826 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4827 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4828 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4829 @end deffn
4830
4831 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4832 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4833 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4834 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4835 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4836 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4837 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4838 @end deffn
4839
4840 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4841 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4842 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4843 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4844 @end deffn
4845 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4846
4847 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4848 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4849 parameter: the address of the controller.
4850 @example
4851 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4852 @end example
4853 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4854 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4855 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4856 change any behavior.
4857 @end deffn
4858
4859 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
4860 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
4861 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
4862 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
4863 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
4864 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
4865 specialized commands.
4866 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4867 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4868 change any behavior.
4869 @end deffn
4870
4871 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
4872 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
4873 @cindex PLD
4874 @cindex FPGA
4875
4876 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
4877 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
4878 OpenOCD can support programming them.
4879 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
4880 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
4881 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
4882 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
4883
4884 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
4885
4886 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
4887 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
4888 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
4889
4890 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
4891 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
4892
4893 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
4894 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
4895 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
4896 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
4897 behavior.
4898 @end deffn
4899
4900 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
4901 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
4902 @end deffn
4903
4904 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
4905 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
4906 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
4907 @end deffn
4908
4909 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
4910
4911 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
4912 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
4913 that particular type of PLD.
4914
4915 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
4916 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
4917 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
4918 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
4919 and one driver-specific command is defined.
4920
4921 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
4922 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
4923 for FPGA @var{num}.
4924 @end deffn
4925 @end deffn
4926
4927 @node General Commands
4928 @chapter General Commands
4929 @cindex commands
4930
4931 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
4932 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
4933 commands are documented elsewhere.
4934
4935 Intent:
4936 @itemize @bullet
4937 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
4938 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
4939 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
4940 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
4941
4942 @item @b{From the human}
4943 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
4944 or via GDB (default port 3333).
4945
4946 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
4947 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
4948 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
4949
4950 @item @b{Machine Interface}
4951 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
4952 port is 5555.
4953 @end itemize
4954
4955
4956 @section Daemon Commands
4957
4958 @deffn {Command} exit
4959 Exits the current telnet session.
4960 @end deffn
4961
4962 @c note EXTREMELY ANNOYING word wrap at column 75
4963 @c even when lines are e.g. 100+ columns ...
4964 @c coded in startup.tcl
4965 @deffn {Command} help [string]
4966 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
4967 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
4968 Not every command provides helptext.
4969 @end deffn
4970
4971 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
4972 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
4973 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
4974 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
4975 Useful in connection with script files
4976 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
4977 @end deffn
4978
4979 @deffn Command shutdown
4980 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
4981 @end deffn
4982
4983 @anchor{debug_level}
4984 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
4985 @cindex message level
4986 Display debug level.
4987 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
4988 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
4989 Level 0 is error messages only;
4990 level 1 adds warnings;
4991 level 2 adds informational messages;
4992 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
4993 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
4994 the command line along with the location of that log
4995 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
4996 @xref{Running}.
4997 @end deffn
4998
4999 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5000 Default disabled.
5001 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5002
5003 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5004 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5005 individually overridden.
5006
5007 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5008 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5009 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5010
5011 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5012
5013 @example
5014 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5015 @end example
5016 @end deffn
5017
5018 @deffn Command echo message
5019 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5020 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5021 @example
5022 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5023 @end example
5024 @end deffn
5025
5026 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5027 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5028 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5029 @end deffn
5030
5031 @anchor{Target State handling}
5032 @section Target State handling
5033 @cindex reset
5034 @cindex halt
5035 @cindex target initialization
5036
5037 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5038 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5039 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5040 a current target which is used to perform the
5041 various operations. The current target may be changed
5042 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5043 target which should become current.
5044
5045 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5046 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5047 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5048 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5049 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5050
5051 @emph{With no arguments}:
5052 list all available registers for the current target,
5053 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5054 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5055 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5056 are flagged as such.
5057
5058 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5059
5060 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5061 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5062 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5063 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5064 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5065 relevant module will flush such values.
5066
5067 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5068 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5069
5070 @example
5071 > reg
5072 ===== ARM registers
5073 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5074 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5075 (2) r2 (/32)
5076 ...
5077 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5078 >
5079 @end example
5080 @end deffn
5081
5082 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5083 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5084 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5085 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5086 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5087 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5088 (and enter debug mode).
5089 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5090
5091 @quotation Warning
5092 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5093 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5094 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5095 power mode by gating the core clock;
5096 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5097
5098 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5099 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5100 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5101 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5102 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5103 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5104
5105 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5106 work with a JTAG debugger.
5107 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5108 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5109 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5110 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5111 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5112 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5113 @end quotation
5114
5115 @end deffn
5116
5117 @deffn Command resume [address]
5118 Resume the target at its current code position,
5119 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5120 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5121 @end deffn
5122
5123 @deffn Command step [address]
5124 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5125 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5126 @end deffn
5127
5128 @anchor{Reset Command}
5129 @deffn Command reset
5130 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5131 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5132 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5133 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5134 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5135 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5136
5137 The optional parameter specifies what should
5138 happen after the reset.
5139 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5140 The other options will not work on all systems.
5141 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5142
5143 @itemize @minus
5144 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5145 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5146 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5147 @end itemize
5148 @end deffn
5149
5150 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5151 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5152 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5153 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5154 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5155 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5156 state.
5157 @end deffn
5158
5159 @section I/O Utilities
5160
5161 These commands are available when
5162 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5163 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5164 notably the ZY1000.
5165 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5166
5167 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5168
5169 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5170 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5171 the text file @file{filename}.
5172 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5173 The last string is followed by a newline.
5174 @end deffn
5175
5176 @deffn Command cat filename
5177 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5178 @end deffn
5179
5180 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5181 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5182 into @file{dest_filename}.
5183 @end deffn
5184
5185 @deffn Command ip
5186 @emph{No description provided.}
5187 @end deffn
5188
5189 @deffn Command ls
5190 @emph{No description provided.}
5191 @end deffn
5192
5193 @deffn Command mac
5194 @emph{No description provided.}
5195 @end deffn
5196
5197 @deffn Command meminfo
5198 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5199 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5200 @end deffn
5201
5202 @deffn Command peek
5203 @emph{No description provided.}
5204 @end deffn
5205
5206 @deffn Command poke
5207 @emph{No description provided.}
5208 @end deffn
5209
5210 @deffn Command rm filename
5211 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5212 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5213 @end deffn
5214
5215 @deffn Command trunc filename
5216 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5217 @end deffn
5218
5219 @anchor{Memory access}
5220 @section Memory access commands
5221 @cindex memory access
5222
5223 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5224 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5225 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5226 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5227
5228 @enumerate
5229 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5230 to change the current target.
5231 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5232 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5233 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5234 @end enumerate
5235
5236 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5237 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5238 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5239 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5240 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5241 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5242 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5243 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5244 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5245 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5246 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5247 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5248 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5249 @end deffn
5250
5251 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5252 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5253 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5254 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5255 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5256 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5257 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5258 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5259 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5260 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5261 @end deffn
5262
5263
5264 @anchor{Image access}
5265 @section Image loading commands
5266 @cindex image loading
5267 @cindex image dumping
5268
5269 @anchor{dump_image}
5270 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5271 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5272 binary file named @var{filename}.
5273 @end deffn
5274
5275 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5276 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5277 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5278 @end deffn
5279
5280 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5281 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5282 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5283 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5284 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5285 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5286 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5287 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5288 separately.
5289 @end deffn
5290
5291 @anchor{load_image}
5292 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5293 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5294 The file format may optionally be specified
5295 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5296 @end deffn
5297
5298 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5299 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5300 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5301 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5302 The file format may optionally be specified
5303 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5304 @end deffn
5305
5306 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5307 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5308 The file format may optionally be specified
5309 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5310 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5311 @end deffn
5312
5313
5314 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5315 @cindex breakpoint
5316 @cindex watchpoint
5317
5318 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5319 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5320 watchpoints.
5321 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5322
5323 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5324 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5325 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5326 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5327 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5328 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5329
5330 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5331 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5332 @end deffn
5333
5334 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5335 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5336 @end deffn
5337
5338 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5339 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5340 @end deffn
5341
5342 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5343 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5344 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5345 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5346 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5347 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5348 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5349 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5350 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5351 @end deffn
5352
5353 @section Misc Commands
5354
5355 @cindex profiling
5356 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5357 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5358 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5359 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5360 @end deffn
5361
5362 @deffn Command {version}
5363 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5364 @end deffn
5365
5366 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5367 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5368 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5369 @end deffn
5370
5371 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5372 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5373 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5374 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5375
5376 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5377 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5378 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5379 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5380
5381 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5382 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5383 @cindex tracing
5384 @cindex ETM
5385 @cindex ETB
5386
5387 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5388 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5389 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5390
5391 @itemize
5392 @item
5393 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5394 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5395 supports such an interface.
5396 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5397 and trace port support.)
5398 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5399 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5400 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5401 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5402 in the board-specific configuration file.
5403 @item
5404 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5405 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5406 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5407 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5408 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5409 @end itemize
5410
5411 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5412
5413 @quotation Issues
5414 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5415 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5416
5417 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5418 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5419 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5420 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5421 dummy trace port driver}.
5422
5423 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5424 as well as tracing only during specific states
5425 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5426
5427 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5428 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5429 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5430 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5431 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5432
5433 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5434 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5435 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5436 this original style of JTAG access.
5437 @end quotation
5438
5439 @subsection ETM Configuration
5440 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5441
5442 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5443 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5444 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5445
5446 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5447 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5448 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5449 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5450 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5451 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5452 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5453 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5454 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5455
5456 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5457 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5458 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5459
5460 @quotation Warning
5461 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5462 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5463 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5464 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5465 @end quotation
5466
5467 @quotation Note
5468 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5469 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5470 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5471 what CPU activities are traced.
5472 @end quotation
5473 @end deffn
5474
5475 @deffn Command {etm info}
5476 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5477 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5478 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5479 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5480 @end deffn
5481
5482 @deffn Command {etm status}
5483 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5484 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5485 Did trace data overflow?
5486 Was it triggered?
5487 @end deffn
5488
5489 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5490 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5491 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5492 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5493 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5494
5495 @itemize
5496 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5497 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5498 The value is one of
5499 @option{none} (save nothing),
5500 @option{data} (save data),
5501 @option{address} (save addresses),
5502 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5503 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5504 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5505 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5506 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5507 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5508 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5509 trace stream without an image of the code.
5510 @end itemize
5511 @end deffn
5512
5513 @deffn Command {etm trigger_percent} [percent]
5514 This displays, or optionally changes, the trace port driver's
5515 behavior after the ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5516 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5517 trace trigger becomes active.
5518
5519 @itemize
5520 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5521 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5522 afterwards.
5523 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5524 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5525 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5526 what caused that event to happen.
5527 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5528 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5529 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5530 how the event caused trouble.
5531 @end itemize
5532 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5533 @end deffn
5534
5535 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5536
5537 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5538 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5539 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5540
5541 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5542 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5543 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5544 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5545 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5546 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5547 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5548
5549 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5550
5551 @itemize
5552 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5553 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5554 for instruction access within that function's body.
5555 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5556 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5557 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5558 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5559 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5560 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5561 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5562 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5563 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5564 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5565 @item @emph{... more}
5566 @end itemize
5567
5568 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5569 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5570
5571 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5572 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5573 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5574 @end deffn
5575
5576 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5577 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5578 @end deffn
5579
5580 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5581 Opens an image file.
5582 @end deffn
5583
5584 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5585 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5586 @end deffn
5587
5588 @deffn Command {etm start}
5589 Starts trace data collection.
5590 @end deffn
5591
5592 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5593 Stops trace data collection.
5594 @end deffn
5595
5596 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5597 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5598
5599 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5600
5601 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5602 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5603 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5604 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5605 any trace data collection.}
5606 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5607 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5608 @end deffn
5609 @end deffn
5610
5611 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5612 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5613 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5614 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5615 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5616 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5617 @end deffn
5618 @end deffn
5619
5620 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5621 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5622 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5623 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5624 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5625
5626 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5627 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5628
5629 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5630 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5631 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5632 @end deffn
5633
5634 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5635 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5636 @end deffn
5637
5638 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5639 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5640 @end deffn
5641 @end deffn
5642
5643
5644 @section Generic ARM
5645 @cindex ARM
5646
5647 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5648 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5649 commands that may be available.
5650
5651 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5652 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5653 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5654 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5655 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5656 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5657 @end deffn
5658
5659 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5660 @cindex disassemble
5661 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5662 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5663 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5664 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5665 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5666 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5667 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5668
5669 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5670 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5671 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5672 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5673 with a handful of exceptions.
5674 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5675 @end deffn
5676
5677 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5678 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5679 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5680 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5681 and using the MCR instruction.
5682 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5683 an ARM register.)
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5687 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5688 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5689 and the MRC instruction.
5690 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5691 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5692 an ARM register.)
5693 @end deffn
5694
5695 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5696 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5697 core mode if necessary.
5698 @end deffn
5699
5700 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5701 @cindex ARMv4
5702 @cindex ARMv5
5703
5704 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5705 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5706 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5707 variant.
5708
5709 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5710 @cindex ARM7
5711 @cindex ARM9
5712
5713 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5714 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5715 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5716 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5717
5718 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5719 Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5720 instead of breakpoints. This should be
5721 safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
5722 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5723 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5727 @cindex DCC
5728 Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
5729 amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5730 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5731 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5732 @end deffn
5733
5734 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5735 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5736 Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
5737 the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5738 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5739 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5740 @end deffn
5741
5742 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5743 @cindex ARM semihosting
5744 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
5745
5746 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
5747 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
5748 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
5749 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
5750 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
5751 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
5752 @end deffn
5753
5754 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5755 @cindex ARM720T
5756
5757 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5758 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5759 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5760 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5761
5762 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
5763 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5764 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5765 @end deffn
5766
5767 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5768 @cindex ARM9
5769
5770 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5771 integer processors.
5772 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5773
5774 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5775 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5776 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5777 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5778
5779 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5780 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5781 @cindex vector_catch
5782 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5783 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5784 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5785 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5786 to those hardware vectors.
5787
5788 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5789 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5790 vector catch hardware to intercept
5791 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5792 @option{none} of them,
5793 or a list with one or more of the following:
5794 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5795 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5796 @end deffn
5797
5798 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5799 @cindex ARM920T
5800
5801 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5802 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5803 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5804 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5805 and ARM9 commands.
5806
5807 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5808 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5809 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5810 @end deffn
5811
5812 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5813 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5814 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5815 @end deffn
5816
5817 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5818 Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
5819 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
5820 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
5821 or using zero if no other address is not provided.
5822 @end deffn
5823
5824 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
5825 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
5826 @end deffn
5827
5828 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
5829 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
5830 @end deffn
5831
5832 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
5833 @cindex ARM926ej-s
5834
5835 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
5836 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
5837 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
5838 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5839 and ARM9 commands.
5840
5841 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
5842 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
5843
5844 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
5845 Print information about the caches found.
5846 @end deffn
5847
5848 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
5849 @cindex ARM966E
5850
5851 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
5852 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5853 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5854 and ARM9 commands.
5855
5856 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
5857 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5858 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5859 @end deffn
5860
5861 @subsection XScale specific commands
5862 @cindex XScale
5863
5864 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
5865
5866 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
5867 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
5868 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
5869 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
5870 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
5871 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
5872 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
5873
5874 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
5875 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
5876 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
5877 vector_table} command.
5878
5879 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
5880 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
5881 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
5882 code layout in memory:
5883 @example
5884 _vectors:
5885 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5886 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5887 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5888 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5889 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5890 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5891 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5892 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5893 .org 0x100
5894 .long real_reset_vector
5895 .long real_ui_handler
5896 .long real_swi_handler
5897 .long real_pf_abort
5898 .long real_data_abort
5899 .long 0 /* unused */
5900 .long real_irq_handler
5901 .long real_fiq_handler
5902 @end example
5903
5904 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
5905 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
5906 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
5907 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
5908
5909
5910 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
5911 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5912
5913 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
5914 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
5915 @end deffn
5916
5917 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
5918 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
5919 @end deffn
5920
5921 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
5922 Displays information about the CPU caches.
5923 @end deffn
5924
5925 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
5926 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5927 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5928 @end deffn
5929
5930 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
5931 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
5932 @end deffn
5933
5934 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5935 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
5936 @end deffn
5937
5938 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
5939 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
5940 @end deffn
5941
5942 @deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5943 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
5944 @end deffn
5945
5946 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5947 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
5948 @end deffn
5949
5950 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
5951 Enables or disables the trace buffer,
5952 and controls how it is emptied.
5953 @end deffn
5954
5955 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
5956 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
5957 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
5958 The image @var{type} may be one of
5959 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
5960 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
5961 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
5962 @end deffn
5963
5964 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
5965 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
5966 @cindex vector_catch
5967 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
5968 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
5969
5970 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
5971 @example
5972 0x01 Trap Reset
5973 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
5974 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
5975 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
5976 0x10 Trap Data Abort
5977 0x20 reserved
5978 0x40 Trap IRQ
5979 0x80 Trap FIQ
5980 @end example
5981 @end deffn
5982
5983 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
5984 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [<low|high> <index> <value>]
5985 @cindex vector_table
5986
5987 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
5988 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
5989 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
5990 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
5991 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
5992
5993 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
5994
5995 @end deffn
5996
5997 @section ARMv6 Architecture
5998 @cindex ARMv6
5999
6000 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6001 @cindex ARM11
6002
6003 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
6004 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6005 which is enabled by default. Burst writes are only used
6006 for memory writes larger than 1 word. Single word writes
6007 are likely to be from reset init scripts and those writes
6008 are often to non-memory locations which could easily have
6009 many wait states, which could easily break burst writes.
6010 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6011 @end deffn
6012
6013 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
6014 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6015 which is enabled by default.
6016 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6017 @end deffn
6018
6019 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
6020 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6021 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6022 they are disabled by default.
6023 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6024 @end deffn
6025
6026 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6027 @cindex vector_catch
6028 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6029 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6030 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6031
6032 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6033 for certain hardware events.
6034 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6035 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6036 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6037 @end deffn
6038
6039 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6040 @cindex ARMv7
6041
6042 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6043 @cindex Debug Access Port
6044 @cindex DAP
6045 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6046 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6047 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6048
6049 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6050 Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6051 @end deffn
6052
6053 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6054 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6055 @end deffn
6056
6057 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6058 Displays id register from AP @var{num},
6059 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6060 @end deffn
6061
6062 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6063 Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
6064 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6065 @end deffn
6066
6067 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6068 Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
6069 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6070 @end deffn
6071
6072 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6073 @cindex Cortex-M3
6074
6075 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6076 @cindex disassemble
6077 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6078 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6079 @end deffn
6080
6081 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6082 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6083 @end deffn
6084
6085 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6086 @cindex vector_catch
6087 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6088 for certain hardware events.
6089
6090 Parameters request interception of
6091 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6092 @option{none} of them,
6093 or one or more of the following:
6094 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6095 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6096 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6097 @option{irq_err},
6098 @option{state_err},
6099 @option{chk_err}, or
6100 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6101 @option{reset}.
6102 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6103 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6104 are mapped to HardFault.
6105 UsageFault checks for
6106 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6107 must also be explicitly enabled.
6108
6109 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6110 @end deffn
6111
6112 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6113 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6114 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6115 @cindex tracing
6116 @cindex libdcc
6117 @cindex DCC
6118 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6119 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6120 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6121 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6122
6123 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6124 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6125 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6126 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6127 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6128 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6129
6130 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6131 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6132 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6133 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6134 The target being debugged may
6135 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6136 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6137 each supported by a command:
6138
6139 @itemize
6140 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6141 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6142 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6143 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6144
6145 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6146 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6147 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6148
6149 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6150 and then displayed at any time.
6151 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6152
6153 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6154 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6155 @end itemize
6156
6157 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6158 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6159 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6160 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6161 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6162 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6163 does the same thing.
6164
6165 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6166 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6167 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6168 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6169 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6170
6171 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6172 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6173 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6174 @end deffn
6175
6176 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6177 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6178 in the order they triggered.
6179 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6180 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6181 history records.
6182 @end deffn
6183
6184 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6185 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6186 they have been triggered.
6187 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6188 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6189 and associates it with that identifier.
6190
6191 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6192 are not related except by this command.
6193 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6194 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6195 @end deffn
6196
6197
6198 @node JTAG Commands
6199 @chapter JTAG Commands
6200 @cindex JTAG Commands
6201 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6202 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6203 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6204 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6205 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6206
6207 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6208 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6209
6210 @itemize @bullet
6211 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6212 devices such as a CPUs.
6213 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6214 standard state machine (in parallel)
6215 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6216 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6217 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6218 while the reading previous ones.
6219 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6220 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6221 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6222 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6223 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6224 registers.
6225 @end itemize
6226
6227 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6228
6229 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6230 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6231 the order of TAP state transitions.
6232 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6233 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6234 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6235
6236 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6237 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6238 that specify the entire register.
6239 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6240 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6241 The return value holds the original value of each
6242 of those fields.
6243
6244 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6245 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6246 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6247 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6248 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6249
6250 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6251 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6252
6253 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6254 in that state.
6255 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6256 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6257 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6258
6259 @quotation Warning
6260 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6261 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6262 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6263 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6264 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6265 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6266 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6267 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6268 @end quotation
6269 @end deffn
6270
6271 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6272 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6273 This may be used for performance tuning.
6274
6275 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6276 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6277 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6278 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6279 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6280 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6281 @end deffn
6282
6283 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6284 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6285 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6286 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6287 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6288 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6289
6290 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6291 in that state.
6292 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6293 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6294 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6295
6296 @quotation Note
6297 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6298 register values, unlike data register values.
6299 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6300 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6301 @end quotation
6302 @end deffn
6303
6304 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6305 Set values of reset signals.
6306 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6307 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6308 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6309 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6310 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6311 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6312 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6313
6314 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6315 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6316 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6317 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6318 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6319 instead of the TRST signal.
6320 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6321 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6322 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6323 with handlers for that event.
6324 @end deffn
6325
6326 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6327 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6328 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6329 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6330 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6331 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6332 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6333 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6334 The final state must also be stable.
6335 @end deffn
6336
6337 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6338 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6339 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6340 Instructions often need some time
6341 to execute before they take effect.
6342 @end deffn
6343
6344 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6345 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6346
6347 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6348 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6349 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6350 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6351 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6352 @end deffn
6353
6354 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6355 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6356 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6357 must also be enabled.
6358 Default is enabled.
6359 @end deffn
6360
6361 @section TAP state names
6362 @cindex TAP state names
6363
6364 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6365 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6366 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6367 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6368
6369 @itemize @bullet
6370 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6371 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6372 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6373 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6374 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6375 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6376 through the data register
6377 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6378 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6379 for update or more shifting
6380 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6381 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6382 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6383 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6384 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6385 through the instruction register
6386 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6387 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6388 for update or more shifting
6389 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6390 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6391 @end itemize
6392
6393 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6394 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6395 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6396 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6397
6398 @itemize @bullet
6399 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6400 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6401 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6402 may not be as expected.
6403 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6404 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6405 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6406 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6407 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6408 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6409 @end itemize
6410
6411 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6412 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6413
6414 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6415 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6416 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6417 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6418
6419 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6420 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6421 @cindex SVF
6422
6423 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6424 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6425 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6426
6427 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6428 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6429 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6430 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6431 each command is logged before it is executed.
6432 @end deffn
6433
6434 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6435 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6436 @cindex XSVF
6437
6438 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6439 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6440 Xilinx devices.
6441 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6442
6443 @quotation Important
6444 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6445 @end quotation
6446
6447 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6448 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6449 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6450 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6451 that TAP.
6452 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6453 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6454 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6455 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6456 @end deffn
6457
6458 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6459 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6460 after building the software.
6461 You may find them useful:
6462
6463 @itemize
6464 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6465 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6466 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6467 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6468 @end itemize
6469
6470 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6471 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6472 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6473 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6474 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6475 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6476 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6477
6478
6479 @node TFTP
6480 @chapter TFTP
6481 @cindex TFTP
6482 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6483 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6484
6485 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6486 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6487 server (tftpd). For example,
6488
6489 @example
6490 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6491 @end example
6492
6493 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6494 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6495
6496 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6497 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6498 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6499 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6500
6501 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6502 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6503 @cindex GDB
6504 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6505 to debug remote targets.
6506 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6507
6508 @itemize
6509 @item OpenOCD itself may need to be configured. @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6510 @item GDB itself may need configuration, as shown in this chapter.
6511 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6512 that also will probably need to be configured.
6513 @end itemize
6514
6515 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6516 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6517 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6518 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6519 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6520 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6521
6522 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6523 @section Connecting to GDB
6524 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6525 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6526 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6527 errors, which has since been fixed: look up 1836 in
6528 @url{http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/gnatsweb.pl?database=gdb}
6529
6530 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6531
6532 @enumerate
6533 @item
6534 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6535 @example
6536 target remote localhost:3333
6537 @end example
6538 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6539 @item
6540 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6541 @example
6542 target remote | openocd --pipe
6543 @end example
6544 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6545 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6546 session.
6547 @end enumerate
6548
6549 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6550 GDB command line.
6551
6552 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6553
6554 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6555 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6556 packet size and the device's memory map.
6557 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6558 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6559 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6560
6561 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6562 You may need to set those up by hand.
6563 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6564 something like:
6565
6566 @example
6567 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6568 @end example
6569
6570 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6571
6572 @example
6573 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6574 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6575 @end example
6576
6577 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6578 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6579 do not have such restrictions.
6580
6581 @section Programming using GDB
6582 @cindex Programming using GDB
6583
6584 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6585 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6586 @example
6587 gdb_memory_map disable
6588 @end example
6589 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6590 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6591 working area.
6592
6593 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6594 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6595 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6596 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6597
6598 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6599 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6600
6601 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6602 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6603 @example
6604 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6605 @end example
6606
6607 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6608 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6609
6610 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6611 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6612 will be used.
6613
6614 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6615 script can be executed:
6616 @example
6617 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6618 @end example
6619
6620 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6621 can be used.
6622
6623 @node Tcl Scripting API
6624 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6625 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6626 @cindex Tcl scripts
6627 @section API rules
6628
6629 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6630 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6631 information as an argument to each proc.
6632
6633 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6634 pair list and lists.
6635
6636 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6637 list.
6638
6639 @verbatim
6640
6641 > set foo(me) Duane
6642 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6643 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6644 > set foo(duck) Donald
6645
6646 If one does this:
6647
6648 > set foo
6649
6650 The result is:
6651
6652 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6653
6654 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6655
6656 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6657 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6658 }
6659 @end verbatim
6660
6661 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6662 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6663
6664 @section Internal low-level Commands
6665
6666 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6667
6668 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6669 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6670 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6671
6672 @itemize @bullet
6673 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6674
6675 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6676 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6677
6678 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6679 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6680
6681 Return information about the flash banks
6682 @end itemize
6683
6684 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6685 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6686 called "flash_banks".
6687
6688 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6689
6690 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6691 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
6692 holds one of the following values:
6693
6694 @itemize @bullet
6695 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6696 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6697 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6698 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6699 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6700 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6701 @end itemize
6702
6703 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6704
6705 @quotation Note
6706 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6707 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6708 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6709 is jim, not real tcl).
6710 @end quotation
6711
6712 @node FAQ
6713 @chapter FAQ
6714 @cindex faq
6715 @enumerate
6716 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6717 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6718 @cindex RTCK
6719 @cindex adaptive clocking
6720 @*
6721
6722 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6723 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6724 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6725 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6726
6727 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6728 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6729 work. There are 2 basic options:
6730 @enumerate
6731 @item
6732 Use a special circuit.
6733 @item
6734 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6735 @end enumerate
6736
6737 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6738 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6739 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6740 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6741 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6742 4kHz.
6743
6744 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6745 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6746 painful.
6747
6748 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6749
6750 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6751 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6752
6753 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6754 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6755 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6756 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6757 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6758
6759 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6760 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6761 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6762 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6763
6764 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6765 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6766 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6767 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6768 with a CPLD.
6769 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6770 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6771 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6772 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6773 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6774 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6775
6776 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6777
6778 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
6779
6780 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
6781 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
6782 depending on the chips on your board.
6783 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
6784 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
6785 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
6786
6787 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
6788
6789 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
6790 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
6791 tedious, it is not always practical.
6792
6793 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
6794 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
6795 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
6796 this way.
6797
6798 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
6799 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
6800 clock rate.
6801 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
6802 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
6803 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6804
6805 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
6806
6807 @example
6808 # Example: 1.234MHz
6809 jtag_khz 1234
6810 @end example
6811
6812
6813 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
6814
6815 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
6816 around Windows filenames.
6817
6818 @example
6819 > echo \a
6820
6821 > echo @{\a@}
6822 \a
6823 > echo "\a"
6824
6825 >
6826 @end example
6827
6828
6829 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
6830
6831 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
6832 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
6833 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
6834
6835 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
6836 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
6837 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
6838
6839 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
6840 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
6841 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
6842
6843 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
6844
6845 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
6846 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
6847 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
6848 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
6849
6850 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
6851 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
6852 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
6853
6854 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
6855 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
6856
6857 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
6858 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
6859 memory read caused data abort".
6860
6861 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
6862 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
6863 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
6864 be done, feel free to add this here.
6865
6866 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
6867 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
6868 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
6869 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
6870 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
6871 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
6872 gracefully stops.
6873
6874 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
6875 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
6876 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
6877
6878 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
6879 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
6880 bytes. Painful...
6881
6882
6883 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
6884 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
6885
6886 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
6887 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
6888 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
6889 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
6890 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
6891 reset, everything else should work fine.
6892
6893 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
6894 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
6895 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
6896 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
6897
6898 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
6899 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
6900 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
6901 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
6902
6903 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
6904
6905 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
6906 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
6907 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
6908 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6909
6910 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
6911 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
6912 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
6913 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
6914
6915 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
6916 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
6917 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6918
6919 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
6920 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
6921
6922 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
6923 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
6924 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
6925 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
6926 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
6927 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
6928 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
6929 clock frequency?
6930
6931 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
6932 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
6933 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
6934 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
6935 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
6936
6937 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
6938
6939 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
6940 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
6941 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
6942 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
6943 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
6944 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
6945 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
6946
6947 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
6948
6949 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
6950 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
6951 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
6952 up DRAM and loading it with code.
6953
6954 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
6955 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
6956 particular order?
6957
6958 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
6959 the same order used by the hardware.
6960
6961 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
6962 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
6963 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
6964 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
6965 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
6966 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
6967
6968 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
6969 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
6970 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
6971 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
6972
6973 @itemize @bullet
6974 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
6975 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
6976 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
6977 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
6978 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
6979 @end itemize
6980
6981 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
6982
6983 @itemize @bullet
6984 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
6985 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
6986 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
6987 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
6988 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
6989 @end itemize
6990
6991
6992 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
6993 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
6994 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
6995
6996 TODO.
6997
6998 @end enumerate
6999
7000 @node Tcl Crash Course
7001 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7002 @cindex Tcl
7003
7004 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7005 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7006 how the Tcl scripts work.
7007
7008 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7009 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7010 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7011 OpenOCD.
7012
7013 @section Tcl Rule #1
7014 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7015 @enumerate
7016 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7017 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7018 @end enumerate
7019
7020 The Tcl equal is this:
7021
7022 @enumerate
7023 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7024 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7025 @end enumerate
7026
7027 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7028 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7029
7030 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7031 There is a second pair of rules.
7032 @enumerate
7033 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7034 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7035 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7036 in Tcl.
7037 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7038 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7039 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7040 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7041 @end enumerate
7042
7043 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7044 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7045 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7046 Everything is a string}
7047
7048 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7049 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7050 difference is subtle.
7051 @enumerate
7052 @item Parse Time
7053 @item Evaluation Time
7054 @end enumerate
7055
7056 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7057 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7058 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7059
7060 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7061 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7062 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7063 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7064
7065 @itemize @bullet
7066 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7067 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7068 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7069 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7070 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7071 @example
7072 # bash example
7073 X=`date`
7074 echo "The Date is: $X"
7075 # Tcl example
7076 set X [date]
7077 puts "The Date is: $X"
7078 @end example
7079 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7080 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7081 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7082 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7083 is a string}
7084 @example
7085 set x "Dinner"
7086 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7087 @end example
7088 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7089 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7090 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7091 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7092 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7093 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7094 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7095 @end itemize
7096
7097 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7098
7099 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7100
7101 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7102
7103 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7104 the normal way.
7105
7106 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7107 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7108 line is immedatly executed.
7109
7110 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7111 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7112
7113 @subsection Command Execution
7114
7115 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7116 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7117 control flow operators.
7118
7119 Commands are executed like this:
7120
7121 @enumerate
7122 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7123 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7124 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7125 @end enumerate
7126
7127 It sort of works like this:
7128 @example
7129 for(;;)@{
7130 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7131
7132 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7133
7134 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7135 @}
7136 @end example
7137
7138 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7139 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7140 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7141 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7142 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7143 ``LookupCommand()''
7144
7145 @subsection The FOR command
7146
7147 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7148 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7149 command just like any other command.
7150
7151 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7152 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7153 are:
7154
7155 @enumerate 0
7156 @item The ascii text 'for'
7157 @item The start text
7158 @item The test expression
7159 @item The next text
7160 @item The body text
7161 @end enumerate
7162
7163 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7164 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7165 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7166 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7167
7168 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7169 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7170
7171 @example
7172 int
7173 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7174 int *argc,
7175 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7176 @end example
7177
7178 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7179 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7180 still operates in the same basic way.
7181
7182 @subsection FOR command implementation
7183
7184 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7185 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7186
7187 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7188
7189 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7190
7191 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7192 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7193 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7194
7195 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7196 expression and returns a value.
7197
7198 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7199 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7200 @example
7201 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7202
7203 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7204
7205 int
7206 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7207 int argc,
7208 char **argv )
7209 @{
7210 if( argc != 5 )@{
7211 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7212 return ERROR;
7213 @}
7214
7215 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7216
7217 // Execute the start statement.
7218 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7219
7220 // Top of loop test
7221 for(;;)@{
7222 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7223 if( i == 0 )
7224 break;
7225
7226 // Execute the body
7227 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7228
7229 // Execute the LOOP part
7230 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7231 @}
7232
7233 // Return no error
7234 SetResult( interp, "" );
7235 return SUCCESS;
7236 @}
7237 @end example
7238
7239 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7240 in the same basic way.
7241
7242 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7243
7244 @subsection source and find commands
7245 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7246 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7247 @*Remember the parsing rules
7248 @enumerate
7249 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7250 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7251 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7252 substituted on the orginal command line.
7253 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7254 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7255 @end enumerate
7256 @subsection format command
7257 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7258 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7259 @b{sprintf()}.
7260 @b{Example}
7261 @example
7262 set x 6
7263 set y 7
7264 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7265 @end example
7266 @enumerate
7267 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7268 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7269 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7270 @* Refer to Rule #1
7271 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7272 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7273 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7274 @end enumerate
7275 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7276 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7277 @example
7278 #1 Good
7279 proc someproc @{@} @{
7280 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7281 @}
7282 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7283 #2 Good - no variables
7284 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7285 #3 Good Curly Braces
7286 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7287 puts "Time: [date]"
7288 @}
7289 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7290 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7291 @end example
7292 @enumerate
7293 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7294 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7295 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7296 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7297 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7298 command.
7299 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7300 @*There are 4 examples:
7301 @enumerate
7302 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7303 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7304 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7305 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7306 @end enumerate
7307
7308 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7309 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7310 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7311
7312 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7313 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7314 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7315 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7316 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7317 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7318 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7319 @end enumerate
7320 @subsection Global Variables
7321 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7322 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7323 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7324 @example
7325 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7326 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7327 global x #Global variable X
7328 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7329 @}
7330 @end example
7331 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7332 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7333 @example
7334 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7335 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7336 # Create var name
7337 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7338 # Make it a global
7339 global $vn
7340 # Set it.
7341 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7342 @}
7343 @end example
7344 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7345 @example
7346 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7347 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7348 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7349 @}
7350 @end example
7351
7352 @include fdl.texi
7353
7354 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7355 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7356 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7357 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7358 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7359 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7360
7361 @printindex cp
7362
7363 @node Command and Driver Index
7364 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7365 @printindex fn
7366
7367 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)